blob: 988bedb1c0386e5928783de7c2368fe375c1e8b7 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000023#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000025#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000026#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000029#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000030#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000031
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000034unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
35unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
42
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000043enum FloatingRank {
44 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
45};
46
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000047void
48ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
49 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
50 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
51 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
52 // FIXME: Parameter pack
53
54 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
55 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
56 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
57 PEnd = Params->end();
58 P != PEnd; ++P) {
59 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
60 ID.AddInteger(0);
61 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
62 continue;
63 }
64
65 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
66 ID.AddInteger(1);
67 // FIXME: Parameter pack
68 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
69 continue;
70 }
71
72 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
73 ID.AddInteger(2);
74 Profile(ID, TTP);
75 }
76}
77
78TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
79ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
80 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
81 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
82 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
83 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
84 void *InsertPos = 0;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
86 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
87 if (Canonical)
88 return Canonical->getParam();
89
90 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
91 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
92 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
93 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
94 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
95 PEnd = Params->end();
96 P != PEnd; ++P) {
97 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
98 CanonParams.push_back(
99 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
100 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
101 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
102 TTP->isParameterPack()));
103 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
104 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
105 CanonParams.push_back(
106 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
107 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
108 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
109 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
110 0));
111 else
112 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
113 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
114 }
115
116 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
117 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
118 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
119 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
120 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
121 SourceLocation(),
122 CanonParams.data(),
123 CanonParams.size(),
124 SourceLocation()));
125
126 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
127 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
128 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
129 (void)Canonical;
130
131 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
132 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
133 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
134 return CanonTTP;
135}
136
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000137ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000138 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000139 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000140 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000141 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000142 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
143 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000144 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
145 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000146 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000147 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000148 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000149 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000150 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000151 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
152 DeclarationNames(*this),
153 ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000154 LastSDM(0, 0),
155 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000156 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
157 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000158 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000159 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000160 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000161 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000162}
163
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000164ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000165 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
166 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
167 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000168
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000169 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
170 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
171 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000172
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000173 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
174 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
175 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
176 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
177 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000178
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000179 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000180 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
181 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
182 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
183 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
184 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
185 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
186 R->Destroy(*this);
187
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000188 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
189 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
190 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
191 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
192 R->Destroy(*this);
193 }
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000194 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000195
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000196void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
197 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
198}
199
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000200void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000201ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
202 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
203}
204
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000205void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
206 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
207 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000208
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000209 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000211#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
212#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
213 0 // Extra
214 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000215
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000216 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
217 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000218 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000219 }
220
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000221 unsigned Idx = 0;
222 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
223#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
224 if (counts[Idx]) \
225 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
226 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
227 ++Idx;
228#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
229#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000230
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000231 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000232
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000233 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000234 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
235 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
236 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000237 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
238 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
239 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000240 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
241 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
242 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000243 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
244 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
245
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000246 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
247 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
248 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
249 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000250
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000251 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000252}
253
254
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000255void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000256 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000257 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000258 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000259}
260
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000261void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
262 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000264 // C99 6.2.5p19.
265 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000266
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000267 // C99 6.2.5p2.
268 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
269 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000270 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000271 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
272 else
273 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
274 // C99 6.2.5p4.
275 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
276 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
277 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
278 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
279 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000281 // C99 6.2.5p6.
282 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
283 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
284 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
285 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
286 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p10.
289 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
290 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
291 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000292
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000293 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
294 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
295 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
296
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000297 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
298 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
299 else // C99
300 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000301
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000302 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
303 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
304 else // C99
305 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
306
307 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
308 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
309 else // C99
310 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
311
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000312 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000313 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
314
315 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
316 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
317 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
318 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
319 // expressions.
320 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000321
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000323 // not yet been deduced.
324 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000326 // C99 6.2.5p11.
327 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
328 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
329 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000331 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000332
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000333 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
334 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
335 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000336 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000337
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000338 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000339 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
340 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000341 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000342
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000343 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000345 // void * type
346 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000347
348 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
349 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000350}
351
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000352MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000353ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000354 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000355 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000356 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
357 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
358 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000360 return Pos->second;
361}
362
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000363void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000364ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000365 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
366 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000367 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
368 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
369 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
370 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000371 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000372 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000373}
374
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000375NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000376ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000377 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000378 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
379 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000380 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000381
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000382 return Pos->second;
383}
384
385void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000386ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
387 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
388 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
389 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
390 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
391 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
392 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
393}
394
395UsingShadowDecl *
396ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
397 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
398 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
399 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
400 return 0;
401
402 return Pos->second;
403}
404
405void
406ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
407 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
408 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
409 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000410}
411
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000412FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
413 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
414 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
415 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
416 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000417
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000418 return Pos->second;
419}
420
421void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
422 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
423 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
424 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
425 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
426 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000428 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
429}
430
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000431ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
432ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
433 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
434 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
435 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
436 return 0;
437
438 return Pos->second.begin();
439}
440
441ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
442ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
443 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
444 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
445 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
446 return 0;
447
448 return Pos->second.end();
449}
450
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000451unsigned
452ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
453 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
454 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
455 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
456 return 0;
457
458 return Pos->second.size();
459}
460
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000461void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
462 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
463 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
464}
465
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000466namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000468 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
469 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000470
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000471 public:
472 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000473
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000474 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
475 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
476 }
477 };
478}
479
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000480//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
481// Type Sizing and Analysis
482//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000483
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000484/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
485/// scalar floating point type.
486const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000487 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000488 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
489 switch (BT->getKind()) {
490 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
491 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
492 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
493 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
494 }
495}
496
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000497/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000498/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
499/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000500/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
501/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000502CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000503 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
504
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000505 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000506 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000507
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000508 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
509 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000510 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000511 if (RefAsPointee)
512 T = RT->getPointeeType();
513 else
514 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
515 }
516 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000517 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
518 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
519 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
520 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
521 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
522 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
523 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
524 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
525 }
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000526 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000527 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
528 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
529
530 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
531 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000532 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
533 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
534 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
535 Align = std::min(Align,
536 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
537 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000538 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000540 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000541}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000542
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000543std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
544ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
545 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
546 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
547 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
548}
549
550std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
551ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
552 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
553}
554
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000555/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
556/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000557///
558/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
559/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
560/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000561std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000562ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000563 uint64_t Width=0;
564 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000565 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000566#define TYPE(Class, Base)
567#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000568#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000569#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
570#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000571 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000572 break;
573
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000574 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
575 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000576 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
577 Width = 0;
578 Align = 32;
579 break;
580
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000582 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 Width = 0;
584 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
585 break;
586
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000587 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000588 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000589
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000590 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000591 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000592 Align = EltInfo.second;
593 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000594 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000595 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000596 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000597 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
598 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
599 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000600 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000601 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
602 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000603 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000604 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
605 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
606 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000607 break;
608 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000609
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000610 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000611 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000612 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000613 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000614 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
615 Width = 0;
616 Align = 8;
617 break;
618
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000619 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000620 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
621 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000622 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000623 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
624 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
625 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000626 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000627 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
628 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000629 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000630 case BuiltinType::WChar:
631 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
632 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
633 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000634 case BuiltinType::Char16:
635 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
636 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
637 break;
638 case BuiltinType::Char32:
639 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
640 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
641 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000642 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000643 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000644 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
645 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000646 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000647 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000648 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000649 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
650 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000651 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000652 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000653 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000654 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
655 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000656 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000657 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000659 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
660 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000661 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000662 case BuiltinType::Int128:
663 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
664 Width = 128;
665 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
666 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
669 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
671 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000672 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
673 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 break;
675 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000676 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
677 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000678 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000679 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
680 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
681 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000682 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000683 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
684 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
685 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
686 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
687 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
688 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000689 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000690 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000691 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000695 case Type::BlockPointer: {
696 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
697 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
698 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
699 break;
700 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000701 case Type::LValueReference:
702 case Type::RValueReference: {
703 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
704 // the pointer route.
705 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
706 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
707 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
708 break;
709 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000710 case Type::Pointer: {
711 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000712 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000713 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
714 break;
715 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000716 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000717 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000719 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
720 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000721 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
722 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000723 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
724 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000725 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000726 case Type::Complex: {
727 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
728 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000729 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000730 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000731 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000732 Align = EltInfo.second;
733 break;
734 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000735 case Type::ObjCObject:
736 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000737 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000738 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000739 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
740 Width = Layout.getSize();
741 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
742 break;
743 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000744 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000745 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000746 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
747
748 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000749 Width = 1;
750 Align = 1;
751 break;
752 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000753
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000754 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000755 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
756
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000757 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000758 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
759 Width = Layout.getSize();
760 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000761 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000762 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000763
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000764 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000765 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
766 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000767
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000768 case Type::Typedef: {
769 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000770 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000771 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
772 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000773 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
774 } else
775 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000776 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000777 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000778
779 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
780 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
781 .getTypePtr());
782
783 case Type::TypeOf:
784 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
785
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000786 case Type::Decltype:
787 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
788 .getTypePtr());
789
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000790 case Type::Elaborated:
791 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000792
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000793 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000794 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000795 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
796 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
797 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
798 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
799 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
800 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000801
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000802 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000803 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000804}
805
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000806/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
807/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
808CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000809 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000810}
811CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000812 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000813}
814
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000815/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000816/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
817CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
818 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
819}
820CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
821 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
822}
823
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000824/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
825/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
826/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
827/// a data type.
828unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
829 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000830
831 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000832 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000833 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
834 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
835 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
836 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
837
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000838 return ABIAlign;
839}
840
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000841static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
842 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
843 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000844 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
845 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000846 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000847 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
848 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
849 }
850}
851
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000852void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
853 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
854 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
855 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
856 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
857}
858
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000859/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
860/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
861///
862void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000863 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000864 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
865 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
866 Ivars.push_back(*I);
867 }
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000868
869 CollectNonClassIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000870}
871
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000872/// CollectNonClassIvars -
873/// This routine collects all other ivars which are not declared in the class.
Ted Kremenek7d2aa112010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000874/// This includes synthesized ivars (via @synthesize) and those in
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +0000875// class's @implementation.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000876///
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000877void ASTContext::CollectNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000878 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian0e5ad252010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000879 // Find ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000880 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
881 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0e5ad252010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000882 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::ivar_iterator I = CDecl->ivar_begin(),
883 E = CDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
884 Ivars.push_back(*I);
885 }
886 }
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000887
Ted Kremenek7d2aa112010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000888 // Also add any ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
889 // includes synthesized ivars.
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000890 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) {
891 for (ObjCImplementationDecl::ivar_iterator I = ImplDecl->ivar_begin(),
892 E = ImplDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
893 Ivars.push_back(*I);
894 }
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000895}
896
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000897/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
898/// those inherited by it.
899void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000900 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000901 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
902 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
903 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
904 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000905 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000906 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000907 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
908 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000909 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
910 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000911 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000912
913 // Categories of this Interface.
914 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
915 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
916 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
917 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
918 while (SD) {
919 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
920 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
921 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000922 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000923 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
924 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
925 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000926 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000927 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
928 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
929 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
930 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000931 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
933 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
934 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000935 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000936 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
937 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
938 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
939 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000940 }
941}
942
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000943unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
944 unsigned count = 0;
945 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000946 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
947 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000948 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
949
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000950 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
951 // includes synthesized ivars.
952 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000953 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
954
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000955 return count;
956}
957
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000958/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
959ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
960 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
961 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
962 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
963 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
964 return 0;
965}
966/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
967ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
968 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
969 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
970 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
971 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
972 return 0;
973}
974
975/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
976void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
977 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
978 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
979 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
980}
981/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
982void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
983 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
984 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
985 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
986}
987
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000988/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000989///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000990/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000991/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
992///
993/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
994/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
995/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000996TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000997 unsigned DataSize) {
998 if (!DataSize)
999 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1000 else
1001 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001002 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001003
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001004 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1005 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1006 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1007 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001008}
1009
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001010TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001011 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001012 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001013 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1014 return DI;
1015}
1016
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001017const ASTRecordLayout &
1018ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1019 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1020}
1021
1022const ASTRecordLayout &
1023ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1024 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1025}
1026
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001027//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1028// Type creation/memoization methods
1029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1030
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001031QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1032 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1033 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1034
1035 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1036 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1037 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1038 void *InsertPos = 0;
1039 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1040 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1041 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1042 return T;
1043 }
1044
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001045 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001046 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1047 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1048 return T;
1049}
1050
1051QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1052 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1053 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1054
1055 QualifierCollector Quals;
1056 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1057 Quals.addVolatile();
1058
1059 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1060}
1061
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001062QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001063 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1064 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001065 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001066
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001067 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1068 // into one ExtQuals node.
1069 QualifierCollector Quals;
1070 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001071
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001072 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1073 // another one.
1074 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1075 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1076 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001077
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001078 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001079}
1080
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001081QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001082 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001083 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001084 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001085 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001086
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001087 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001088 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001089 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001090 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1091 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1092 }
1093 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001094
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001095 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1096 // into one ExtQuals node.
1097 QualifierCollector Quals;
1098 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001100 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1101 // another one.
1102 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1103 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1104 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001106 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001107}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001108
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001109static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1110 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001111 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001112 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1113 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001114 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001115 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1116 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001117
1118 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001119 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1120 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1121 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001122 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001123 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1124 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001125
1126 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1127 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001128 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001129 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001130
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001131 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001132 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001133 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001135 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001136 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001137 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1138 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1139 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1140 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1141 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1142 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1143 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001144 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001145 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 } else
1147 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001148
1149 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1150}
1151
1152QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001153 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001154 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1155 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001156}
1157
1158QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001159 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001160 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1161 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001162}
1163
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001164QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1165 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1166 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1167 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1168}
1169
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001170/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1171/// number with the specified element type.
1172QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1173 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1174 // structure.
1175 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1176 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001177
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001178 void *InsertPos = 0;
1179 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1180 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001181
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001182 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1183 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1184 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001185 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001186 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001187
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001188 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1189 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001190 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001191 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001192 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001193 Types.push_back(New);
1194 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1195 return QualType(New, 0);
1196}
1197
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001198/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1199/// the specified type.
1200QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1201 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1202 // structure.
1203 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1204 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001205
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001206 void *InsertPos = 0;
1207 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1208 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001210 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1211 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1212 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001213 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001214 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001215
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001216 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1217 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001218 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001219 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001220 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221 Types.push_back(New);
1222 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1223 return QualType(New, 0);
1224}
1225
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001226/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001227/// a pointer to the specified block.
1228QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001229 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1230 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001231 // structure.
1232 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1233 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001234
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001235 void *InsertPos = 0;
1236 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1237 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1238 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001239
1240 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001241 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1242 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001243 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001244 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001245
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001246 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1247 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1248 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001249 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001250 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001251 BlockPointerType *New
1252 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001253 Types.push_back(New);
1254 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1255 return QualType(New, 0);
1256}
1257
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001258/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1259/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001260QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001261 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1262 // structure.
1263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001264 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001265
1266 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001267 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1268 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001270
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001271 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1272
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001273 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1274 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1275 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001276 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1277 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1278 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001279
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001280 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001281 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1282 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001283 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001284 }
1285
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001286 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001287 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1288 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001289 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001290 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001291
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001292 return QualType(New, 0);
1293}
1294
1295/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1296/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1297QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1298 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1299 // structure.
1300 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001301 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001302
1303 void *InsertPos = 0;
1304 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1305 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1306 return QualType(RT, 0);
1307
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001308 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1309
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001310 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1311 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1312 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001313 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1314 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1315 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001316
1317 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1318 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1319 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1320 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1321 }
1322
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001323 RValueReferenceType *New
1324 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001325 Types.push_back(New);
1326 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001327 return QualType(New, 0);
1328}
1329
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001330/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1331/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001332QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001333 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1334 // structure.
1335 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1336 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1337
1338 void *InsertPos = 0;
1339 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1340 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1341 return QualType(PT, 0);
1342
1343 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1344 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1345 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001346 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001347 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1348
1349 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1350 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1351 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1352 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1353 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001354 MemberPointerType *New
1355 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001356 Types.push_back(New);
1357 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1358 return QualType(New, 0);
1359}
1360
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001362/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001363QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001364 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001365 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1366 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001367 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1368 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001369 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1370
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001371 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1372 // the target.
1373 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1374 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001377 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001378
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001379 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001381 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001382 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001383
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001384 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1385 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1386 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001387 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001388 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001389 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001390 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001392 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001393 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001395
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001396 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1397 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001398 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001399 Types.push_back(New);
1400 return QualType(New, 0);
1401}
1402
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001403/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1404/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001405QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1406 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001407 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001408 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1409 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001410 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1411 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001412 QualType CanonType;
1413
1414 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
1415 if (NumElts)
1416 NumElts->Retain();
1417 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1418 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1419 }
1420
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001421 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001422 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001423
1424 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1425 Types.push_back(New);
1426 return QualType(New, 0);
1427}
1428
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001429/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1430/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001431/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001432QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1433 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001434 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001435 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1436 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001437 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1438 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001439 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1440
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001441 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001442 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001443 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001444
1445 if (NumElts) {
1446 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1447 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1448 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001449 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1450 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1451
1452 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1453 }
1454
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001455 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1456 if (Canon) {
1457 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1458 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001459 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1460 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1461 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001462 } else {
1463 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1464 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001465 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1466 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1467 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001468
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001469 if (NumElts) {
1470 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1471 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1472 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1473 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001474 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001475 }
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001476 } else {
1477 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1478 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1479 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001480 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1481 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1482 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001483 }
1484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001485
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001486 Types.push_back(New);
1487 return QualType(New, 0);
1488}
1489
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001490QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1491 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1492 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1493 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001494 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001495
1496 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001497 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001498 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1499 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1500
1501 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1502 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1503 QualType Canonical;
1504
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001505 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001506 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001507 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001508
1509 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1510 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1511 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001512 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001513 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001514
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001515 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1516 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001517
1518 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1519 Types.push_back(New);
1520 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001521}
1522
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001523/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1524/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001525QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001526 VectorType::AltiVecSpecific AltiVecSpec) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001527 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001529 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001530 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001532 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1533 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001534 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, AltiVecSpec);
1535
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001536 void *InsertPos = 0;
1537 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1538 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1539
1540 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1541 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1542 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001543 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001544 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts,
1545 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001546
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001547 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1548 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001550 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001551 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001552 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, AltiVecSpec);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001553 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1554 Types.push_back(New);
1555 return QualType(New, 0);
1556}
1557
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001558/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001559/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001560QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001561 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001563 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001564 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001565
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001566 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001568 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
1569 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001570 void *InsertPos = 0;
1571 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1572 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1573
1574 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1575 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1576 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001577 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001578 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001580 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1581 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001582 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001583 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001584 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1585 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001586 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1587 Types.push_back(New);
1588 return QualType(New, 0);
1589}
1590
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001592 Expr *SizeExpr,
1593 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001594 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001595 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001596 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001597
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001598 void *InsertPos = 0;
1599 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1600 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1601 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1602 if (Canon) {
1603 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1604 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001605 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1606 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1607 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001608 } else {
1609 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1610 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001611 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1612 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1613 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001614
1615 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1616 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1617 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1618 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001619 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1620 } else {
1621 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1622 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001623 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1624 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001625 }
1626 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001628 Types.push_back(New);
1629 return QualType(New, 0);
1630}
1631
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001632/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001633///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001634QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1635 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1636 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001637 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1638 // structure.
1639 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001640 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001642 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001644 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001645 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001646
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001647 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001648 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001649 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001650 Canonical =
1651 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1652 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001653
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001654 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001655 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1656 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001657 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001658 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001659
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001660 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001661 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001662 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001663 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001664 return QualType(New, 0);
1665}
1666
1667/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1668/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001669QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001670 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001671 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1672 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001673 const QualType *ExArray,
1674 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1675 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001676 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1677 // structure.
1678 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001679 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001680 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001681 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001682
1683 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001684 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001685 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001686 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001687
1688 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001689 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001690 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001691 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001692 isCanonical = false;
1693
1694 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001695 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001696 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001697 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001698 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1699 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1700 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001701 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001702
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001703 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001704 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001705 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001706 false, 0, 0,
1707 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001708
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001709 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001710 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1711 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001712 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001713 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001714
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001715 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001716 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1717 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001718 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001719 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1720 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001721 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001722 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001723 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001724 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001725 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001726 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001727 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1728}
1729
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001730#ifndef NDEBUG
1731static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1732 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1733 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1734 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1735 return true;
1736 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1737 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1738 return true;
1739 return false;
1740}
1741#endif
1742
1743/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1744/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1745QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1746 QualType TST) {
1747 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1748 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1749 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001750 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001751 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1752 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1753 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1754 } else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001755 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1756 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001757 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1758 }
1759 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1760}
1761
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001762/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1763/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001764QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001765 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001766 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001767
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001768 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001769 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001770
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001771 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1772 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1773
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001774 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001775 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1776 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1777 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001778 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001779 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001780 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1781 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001782 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001783 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001784 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1785 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001786 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001787 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001788
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001789 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001790 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001791}
1792
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001793/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1794/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001795QualType
1796ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001797 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001799 if (Canonical.isNull())
1800 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001801 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1802 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001803 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1804 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1805}
1806
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001807QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1808 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1809
1810 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1811 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1812 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1813
1814 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1815 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1816 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1817}
1818
1819QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1820 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1821
1822 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1823 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1824 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1825
1826 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1827 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1828 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1829}
1830
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001831/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1832QualType
1833ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1834 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001835 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001836 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1837
1838 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1839 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1840 void *InsertPos = 0;
1841 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1842 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1843
1844 if (!SubstParm) {
1845 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1846 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1847 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1848 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1849 }
1850
1851 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1852}
1853
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001854/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001856/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001857QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001858 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001859 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001860 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001861 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001862 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001864 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1865
1866 if (TypeParm)
1867 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001869 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001870 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001871 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1872 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001873
1874 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1875 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1876 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1877 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001878 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001879 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1880 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001881
1882 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1883 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1884
1885 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1886}
1887
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001888TypeSourceInfo *
1889ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1890 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1891 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1892 QualType CanonType) {
1893 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1894
1895 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1896 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1897 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1898 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1899 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1900 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1901 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1902 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1903 return DI;
1904}
1905
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001906QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001907ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001908 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001909 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001910 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1911
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001912 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1913 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1914 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1915 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1916
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001917 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001918 Canon);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001919}
1920
1921QualType
1922ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001923 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1924 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001925 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001926 if (!Canon.isNull())
1927 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001928 else
1929 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001930
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001931 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1932 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1933 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001935 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001936 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00001938 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001939 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001940 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001941
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001942 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001944}
1945
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001947ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
1948 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1949 unsigned NumArgs) {
1950 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
1951 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1952 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1953 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1954 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1955 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1956
1957 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1958 // exists.
1959 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1960 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
1961 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
1962
1963 void *InsertPos = 0;
1964 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1965 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1966
1967 if (!Spec) {
1968 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
1969 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
1970 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
1971 TypeAlignment);
1972 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
1973 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
1974 QualType());
1975 Types.push_back(Spec);
1976 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
1977 }
1978
1979 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
1980 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
1981 return QualType(Spec, 0);
1982}
1983
1984QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001985ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1986 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1987 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001988 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001989 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001990
1991 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001992 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001993 if (T)
1994 return QualType(T, 0);
1995
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001996 QualType Canon = NamedType;
1997 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
1998 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001999 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2000 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002001 (void)CheckT;
2002 }
2003
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002004 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002005 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002006 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002007 return QualType(T, 0);
2008}
2009
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002010QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2011 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2012 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2013 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002014 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2015
2016 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2017 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002018 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2019 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2020 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2021
2022 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2023 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002024 }
2025
2026 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002027 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002028
2029 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002030 DependentNameType *T
2031 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002032 if (T)
2033 return QualType(T, 0);
2034
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002035 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002036 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002037 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002039}
2040
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002041QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002042ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2043 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002044 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002045 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2046 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2047 // TODO: avoid this copy
2048 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2049 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2050 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2051 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2052 ArgCopy.size(),
2053 ArgCopy.data());
2054}
2055
2056QualType
2057ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2058 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2059 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2060 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2061 unsigned NumArgs,
2062 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002063 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2064
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002065 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002066 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2067 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002068
2069 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002070 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2071 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002072 if (T)
2073 return QualType(T, 0);
2074
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002075 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002076
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002077 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2078 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2079
2080 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2081 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2082 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2083 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2084 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2085 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002086 }
2087
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002088 QualType Canon;
2089 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2090 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2091 Name, NumArgs,
2092 CanonArgs.data());
2093
2094 // Find the insert position again.
2095 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2096 }
2097
2098 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2099 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2100 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002101 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002102 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002103 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002104 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002106}
2107
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002108/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2109/// alphabetically.
2110static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2111 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002112 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002113}
2114
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002115static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002116 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2117 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2118
2119 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2120 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2121 return false;
2122 return true;
2123}
2124
2125static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002126 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2127 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002128
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002129 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2130 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2131
2132 // Remove duplicates.
2133 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2134 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2135}
2136
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002137QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2138 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2139 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2140 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2141 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2142 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2143 return BaseType;
2144
2145 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002146 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002147 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002148 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002149 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2150 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002151
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002152 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2153 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002154 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002155 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2156 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2157 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002158 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2159 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002160 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2161
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002162 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002163 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2164 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002165 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002166 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2167 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002168 }
2169
2170 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002171 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2172 }
2173
2174 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2175 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2176 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2177 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2178 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2179
2180 Types.push_back(T);
2181 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2182 return QualType(T, 0);
2183}
2184
2185/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2186/// the given object type.
2187QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2188 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2189 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2190
2191 void *InsertPos = 0;
2192 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2193 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2194 return QualType(QT, 0);
2195
2196 // Find the canonical object type.
2197 QualType Canonical;
2198 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2199 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2200
2201 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002202 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2203 }
2204
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002205 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002206 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2207 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2208 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002210 Types.push_back(QType);
2211 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002212 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002213}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002214
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002215/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2216/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2217QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2218 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2219 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002221 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2222 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2223 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2224 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2225 Types.push_back(T);
2226 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002227}
2228
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002229/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2230/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002231/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002233/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002234QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002235 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002236 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2238 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002240 void *InsertPos = 0;
2241 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2242 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2243 if (Canon) {
2244 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2245 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002246 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002247 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2248 }
2249 else {
2250 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002251 Canon
2252 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002253 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2254 toe = Canon;
2255 }
2256 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002257 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002258 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002259 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002260 Types.push_back(toe);
2261 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002262}
2263
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002264/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2265/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2266/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002268/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002269QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002270 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002271 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002272 Types.push_back(tot);
2273 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002274}
2275
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002276/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2277/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2278static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002279 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2280 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002281
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002282 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2283 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2284 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2285 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2286 return VD->getType();
2287 }
2288 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2289 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2290 return FD->getType();
2291 }
2292 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2293 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2294 // return type of that function.
2295 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2296 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002297
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002298 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299
2300 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002301 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2302 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2303 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002305 return T;
2306}
2307
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002308/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2309/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2310/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002311/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002312/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2313QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002314 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002315 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2316 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2317 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002318
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002319 void *InsertPos = 0;
2320 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2321 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2322 if (Canon) {
2323 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2324 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002325 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002326 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2327 }
2328 else {
2329 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002330 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002331 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2332 dt = Canon;
2333 }
2334 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002335 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002336 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002337 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002338 Types.push_back(dt);
2339 return QualType(dt, 0);
2340}
2341
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002342/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2343/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002344QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002345 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002346 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2347 // away const? mutable?
2348 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002349}
2350
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2352/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2353/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002354CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002355 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002356}
2357
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002358/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2359/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2360QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2361 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2362 return WCharTy;
2363}
2364
2365/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2366/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2367QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2368 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2369 return UnsignedIntTy;
2370}
2371
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002372/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2373/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2374QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002375 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002376}
2377
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002378//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2379// Type Operators
2380//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2381
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002382CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2383 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2384 // qualifiers.
2385 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2386 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2387
2388 QualType Result;
2389 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2390 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2391 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2392 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2393 } else {
2394 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2395 }
2396
2397 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2398}
2399
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002400/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2401/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2402/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2403/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2404/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2405/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002406CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002407 QualifierCollector Quals;
2408 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2409 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002411 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2412 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2413
2414 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2415 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002416 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002417
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002418 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2419 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2420 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002421 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2422 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002423 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002425 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2426 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002427 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002428 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002430 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002431 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2432 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2433 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002434 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002435 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002436 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2437 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002438 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002439
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002440 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002441 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2442 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002443 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2444 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002445 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002446 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002447 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002448
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002449 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002450 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002451 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2452 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002453 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002454 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002455 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002456}
2457
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002458QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2459 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002460 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002461 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2462 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002463 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002464 }
2465
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002466 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002467 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002468 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2469 return T;
2470
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002471 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002472 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2473 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2474 }
2475
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002476 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002477 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2478 }
2479
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002480 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2481 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
2482 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2483 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
2484 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2485 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2486 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2487 }
2488
2489 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002490 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2491 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2492 SourceRange());
2493}
2494
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002495/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2496/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2497/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2498/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2499/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2500/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2501/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2502/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2503bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2504 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2505 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2506 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2507 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2508 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2509 return true;
2510 }
2511
2512 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2513 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2514 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2515 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2516 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2517 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2518 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2519 return true;
2520 }
2521
2522 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2523 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2524 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2525 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2526 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2527 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2528 return true;
2529 }
2530 }
2531
2532 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2533
2534 return false;
2535}
2536
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002537DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2538 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002539 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002540 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2541 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2542
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002543 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002544 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002545 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002546 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2547 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002548 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002549 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2550 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2551 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2552 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2553 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2554 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002555 }
2556 }
2557
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002558 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2559 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002560 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2561 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002562}
2563
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002564TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002565 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2566 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2567 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2568 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2569
2570 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002571 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002572 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002573
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002574 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002575
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002576 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2577 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2578 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2579}
2580
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002581bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2582 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2583 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2584 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2585}
2586
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002587TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002588ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2589 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2590 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2591 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002593 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002594 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002596 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002597 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002598
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002599 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2600 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2601
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002602 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002603 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002604 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002606 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002607 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002608
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002609 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2610 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2611 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2612 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002613 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002614 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2615 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2616 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002617
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002618 TemplateArgument Result;
2619 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2620 return Result;
2621 }
2622 }
2623
2624 // Silence GCC warning
2625 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2626 return TemplateArgument();
2627}
2628
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002629NestedNameSpecifier *
2630ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002631 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002632 return 0;
2633
2634 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2635 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2636 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002638 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2639 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2640
2641 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2642 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2643 // this namespace and no prefix.
2644 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2645
2646 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2647 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2648 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002649 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2650 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002651 T.getTypePtr());
2652 }
2653
2654 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2655 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2656 return NNS;
2657 }
2658
2659 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2660 return 0;
2661}
2662
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002663
2664const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2665 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002666 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002667 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2668 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2669 return AT;
2670 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002671
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002672 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002673 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002674 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002675 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002676
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002677 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002678 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2679 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002680
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002681 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2682 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002683 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002684
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002685 QualifierCollector Qs;
2686 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002687
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002688 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2689 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002690 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002691 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002692
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002693 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2694 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2695 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2696 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002697 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002698
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002699 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2700 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2701 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002702 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002703 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2704 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2705 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002706 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002707
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002709 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2710 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002711 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002712 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2713 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002714 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002715 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002716 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002718 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002719 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002720 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002721 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002722 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002723 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002724 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002725}
2726
2727
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002728/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2729/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2730/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2731/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2732///
2733/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2734QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002735 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2736 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2737 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2738 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2739 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2740 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002741
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002742 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002743
2744 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002745 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002746}
2747
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002748QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002749 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002750 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2751 QT = AT->getElementType();
2752 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002753}
2754
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002755QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2756 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002757
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002758 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2759 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002761 return ElemTy;
2762}
2763
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002764/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002765uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002766ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2767 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2768 do {
2769 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2770 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2771 } while (CA);
2772 return ElementCount;
2773}
2774
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002775/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2776/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002777static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002778 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002779 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002780
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002781 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2782 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002783 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002784 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2785 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2786 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2787 }
2788}
2789
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2791/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002792/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2793/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002794QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2795 QualType Domain) const {
2796 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2797 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2798 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002799 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002800 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2801 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2802 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2803 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002804 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002805
2806 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2807 switch (EltRank) {
2808 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2809 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2810 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2811 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002812 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002813}
2814
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002815/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2816/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2817/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002819int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2820 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2821 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002823 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002824 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002825 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002826 return 1;
2827 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002828}
2829
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002830/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2831/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2832/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002833unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002834 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002835 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002836 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002837
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002838 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2839 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2840
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002841 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2842 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2843
2844 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2845 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2846
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002847 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002848 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2849 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002850 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002851 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2852 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2853 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2854 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002855 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002856 case BuiltinType::Short:
2857 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002858 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002859 case BuiltinType::Int:
2860 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002861 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002862 case BuiltinType::Long:
2863 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002864 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002865 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2866 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002867 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002868 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2869 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2870 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002871 }
2872}
2873
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002874/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2875/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2876///
2877/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2878/// promotion occurs.
2879QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002880 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2881 return QualType();
2882
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002883 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2884 if (!Field)
2885 return QualType();
2886
2887 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2888
2889 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2890 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2891 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2892 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2893 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2894 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2895 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2896 return IntTy;
2897
2898 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2899 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2900
2901 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2902 // like the base type.
2903 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2904 // is ridiculous.
2905 return QualType();
2906}
2907
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002908/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2909/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2910/// integer type.
2911QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2912 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2913 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002914 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2915 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002916 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2917 return IntTy;
2918 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2919 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2920 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2921 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2922}
2923
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002924/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002925/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002926/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002927int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002928 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2929 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002930 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002931
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002932 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2933 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002934
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002935 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2936 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002937
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002938 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2939 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2940 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2941 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002943 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2944 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2945 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2946 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2947 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002948
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002949 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2950 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002951 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002952 return -1;
2953 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002954
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002955 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2956 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2957 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002958
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002959 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2960 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002961 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002962 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002963}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002964
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002965static RecordDecl *
2966CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2967 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2968 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2969 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2970 else
2971 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2972}
2973
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002974// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002975QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2976 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002977 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002978 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002979 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002980 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002981
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002982 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002983
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002984 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002985 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002986 // int flags;
2987 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002988 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002989 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002990 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002991 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2992
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002993 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002994 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002995 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002996 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002997 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002998 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002999 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003000 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003001 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003002 }
3003
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003004 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003005 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003006
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003007 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003008}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003009
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003010void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003011 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003012 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3013 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3014}
3015
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003016// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3017QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3018 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3019 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003020 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003021 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3022 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3023
3024 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3025
3026 // const int *isa;
3027 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3028 // const char *str;
3029 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3030 // unsigned int length;
3031 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3032
3033 // Create fields
3034 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3035 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3036 SourceLocation(), 0,
3037 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3038 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3039 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003040 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003041 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3042 }
3043
3044 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3045 }
3046
3047 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3048}
3049
3050void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3051 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3052 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3053 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3054}
3055
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003056QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003057 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003058 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003059 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003060 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003061 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003063 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3064 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003065 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003066 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3067 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3068 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3069 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003071 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003072 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3073 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3074 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003075 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003076 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003077 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003078 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003079 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003080 }
Fariborz Jahanian38c9ab82010-05-27 16:05:06 +00003081 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian81148e92010-05-27 16:35:00 +00003082 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
3083 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl))
Fariborz Jahanian38c9ab82010-05-27 16:05:06 +00003084 CXXRD->setEmpty(false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003086 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003087 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003089 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3090}
3091
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003092QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3093 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3094 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3095
3096 RecordDecl *T;
3097 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003098 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003099 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003100 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003101
3102 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3103 UnsignedLongTy,
3104 UnsignedLongTy,
3105 };
3106
3107 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3108 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003109 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003110 };
3111
3112 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3113 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3114 T,
3115 SourceLocation(),
3116 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003117 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003118 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3119 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003120 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003121 T->addDecl(Field);
3122 }
3123
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003124 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003125
3126 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3127
3128 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3129}
3130
3131void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3132 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3133 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3134 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3135}
3136
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003137QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3138 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3139 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3140
3141 RecordDecl *T;
3142 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003143 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003144 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003145 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003146
3147 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3148 UnsignedLongTy,
3149 UnsignedLongTy,
3150 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3151 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3152 };
3153
3154 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3155 "reserved",
3156 "Size",
3157 "CopyFuncPtr",
3158 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3159 };
3160
3161 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3162 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3163 T,
3164 SourceLocation(),
3165 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003166 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003167 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3168 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003169 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003170 T->addDecl(Field);
3171 }
3172
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003173 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003174
3175 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3176
3177 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3178}
3179
3180void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3181 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3182 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3183 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3184}
3185
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003186bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3187 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3188 return true;
3189 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3190 return true;
3191 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3192 return true;
3193 return false;
3194}
3195
3196QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3197 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003198 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003199 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003200 // unsigned int __flags;
3201 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003202 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3203 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003204 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003205 // } *
3206
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003207 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3208
3209 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003210 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3211 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3212 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003213 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003214 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003215 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003216 T->startDefinition();
3217 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3218 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3219 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3220 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3221 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3222 Int32Ty,
3223 Int32Ty,
3224 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3225 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3226 Ty
3227 };
3228
3229 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3230 "__isa",
3231 "__forwarding",
3232 "__flags",
3233 "__size",
3234 "__copy_helper",
3235 "__destroy_helper",
3236 DeclName,
3237 };
3238
3239 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3240 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3241 continue;
3242 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3243 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003244 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003245 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003246 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003247 T->addDecl(Field);
3248 }
3249
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003250 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003251
3252 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003253}
3254
3255
3256QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003257 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003258 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3259
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003260 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003261 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3262 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3263 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003264 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003265 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003266 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003267 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003268 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3269 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3270 IntTy,
3271 IntTy,
3272 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003273 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3274 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3275 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003276 };
3277
3278 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3279 "__isa",
3280 "__flags",
3281 "__reserved",
3282 "__FuncPtr",
3283 "__descriptor"
3284 };
3285
3286 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003287 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003288 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003289 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003290 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003291 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003292 T->addDecl(Field);
3293 }
3294
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003295 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3296 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003297
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003298 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3299 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3300 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3301 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3302 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3303 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3304 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3305 if (BDRE->isByRef())
3306 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getNameAsCString(), FieldType);
3307 } else {
3308 // Padding.
3309 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3310 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3311 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3312 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3313 }
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003314
3315 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003316 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003317 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003318 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003319 T->addDecl(Field);
3320 }
3321
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003322 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003323
3324 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003325}
3326
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003327void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003328 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003329 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3330 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3331}
3332
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003333// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3334// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003335static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003336 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003337 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3338 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003340 return false;
3341}
3342
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003343/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003344/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003345CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003346 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003347
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003348 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003349 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003350 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003351 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3352 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003353 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003354 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003355}
3356
3357static inline
3358std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3359 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003360}
3361
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003362/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003363/// declaration.
3364void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3365 std::string& S) {
3366 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3367 QualType BlockTy =
3368 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3369 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003370 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003371 // Compute size of all parameters.
3372 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3373 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3374 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003375 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3376 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003377 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003378 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3379 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003380 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003381 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003382 ParmOffset += sz;
3383 }
3384 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003385 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003386 // Block pointer and offset.
3387 S += "@?0";
3388 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3389
3390 // Argument types.
3391 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3392 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3393 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3394 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3395 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3396 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3397 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3398 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3399 // elements.
3400 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3401 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3402 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3403 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3404 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003405 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003406 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003407 }
3408}
3409
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003410/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003411/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003412void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003413 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003414 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003415 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003416 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003417 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003418 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003419 // Compute size of all parameters.
3420 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3421 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3422 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003423 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003424 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3425 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003426 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003427 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003428 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003429 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003430 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003431 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3432 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003433 ParmOffset += sz;
3434 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003435 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003436 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003437 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003438
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003439 // Argument types.
3440 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003441 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003442 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003443 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003445 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003446 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3447 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3448 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003449 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003450 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3451 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3452 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003453 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003454 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003455 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003456 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003457 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003458 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003459 }
3460}
3461
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003462/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003463/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003464/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3465/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003466/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3467/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3468/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3469/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3470/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003471/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3472/// @code
3473/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3474/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3475/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3476/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3477/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3478/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3479/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3480/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3481/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3482/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3483/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3484/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3485/// };
3486/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003488 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003489 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003490 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3491 bool Dynamic = false;
3492 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3493
3494 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3495 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003496 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003497 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3498 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003499 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003500 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003501 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3502 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3503 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3504 Dynamic = true;
3505 } else {
3506 SynthesizePID = PID;
3507 }
3508 }
3509 }
3510 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003511 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003512 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003513 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003514 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003515 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3516 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3517 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3518 Dynamic = true;
3519 } else {
3520 SynthesizePID = PID;
3521 }
3522 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003524 }
3525 }
3526
3527 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3528 S = "T";
3529
3530 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003531 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3532 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003533 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003534 true /* outermost type */,
3535 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003536
3537 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3538 S += ",R";
3539 } else {
3540 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3541 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3542 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003543 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003544 }
3545 }
3546
3547 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3548 // are "dynamic by default".
3549 if (Dynamic)
3550 S += ",D";
3551
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003552 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3553 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003554
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003555 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3556 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003557 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003558 }
3559
3560 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3561 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003562 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003563 }
3564
3565 if (SynthesizePID) {
3566 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3567 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003568 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003569 }
3570
3571 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3572}
3573
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003574/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003575/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3576/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003577/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3578///
3579void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003580 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003581 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003582 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3583 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003584 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003586 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3587 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003588 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3589 }
3590 }
3591}
3592
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003593void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003594 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003595 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3596 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3597 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3598 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003600 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003601}
3602
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003603static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3604 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3605 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3606 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3607 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3608 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3609 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3610 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3611 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3612 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3613 return
3614 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3615 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3616 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3617 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3618 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3619 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCall24da7092010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003620 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003621 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3622 case BuiltinType::Long:
3623 return
3624 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3625 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3626 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3627 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3628 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
3629 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'd';
3630 }
3631}
3632
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003633static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003634 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003635 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3636 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3637 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003638 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003639 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3640 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3641 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3642 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3643 //
3644 // struct
3645 // {
3646 // int integer;
3647 // int flags:2;
3648 // };
3649 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3650 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3651 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3652 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3653 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3654 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3655 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3656 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3657 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3658 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3659 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3660 unsigned i = 0;
3661 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3662 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3663 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3664 if (*Field == FD)
3665 break;
3666 }
3667 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3668 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3669 }
3670 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003671 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3672}
3673
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003674// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003675void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3676 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3677 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003678 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003679 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003680 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003681 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003682 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003683 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3684 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003685 return;
3686 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003687
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003688 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003689 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003690 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003691 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003692 return;
3693 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003694
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003695 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3696 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003697 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003698 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3699 S += ':';
3700 return;
3701 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003702 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3703 }
3704 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3705 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3706 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003707 bool isReadOnly = false;
3708 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3709 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3710 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003711 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003712 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003713 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3714 isReadOnly = true;
3715 S += 'r';
3716 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003717 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003718 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003719 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3720 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003721 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3722 isReadOnly = true;
3723 S += 'r';
3724 }
3725 }
3726 if (isReadOnly) {
3727 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3728 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3729 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003730 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3731 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003732 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003733
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003734 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3735 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3736 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003737 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003738 S += '*';
3739 return;
3740 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003741 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003742 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3743 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3744 S += '#';
3745 return;
3746 }
3747 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3748 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3749 S += '@';
3750 return;
3751 }
3752 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003753 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003754 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003755 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3756
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003758 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003759 return;
3760 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003761
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003762 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3763 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3764 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003765 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3766 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3767 S += '^';
3768
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003769 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003770 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3771 } else {
3772 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003773
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003774 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3775 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3776 else {
3777 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3778 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3779 S += '0';
3780 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003781
3782 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003783 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3784 S += ']';
3785 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003786 return;
3787 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003788
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003789 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003790 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003791 return;
3792 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003793
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003794 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003795 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003796 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003797 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3798 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3799 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003800 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3801 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3802 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3803 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3804 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
3805 TemplateArgs.getFlatArgumentList(),
3806 TemplateArgs.flat_size(),
3807 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3808
3809 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3810 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003811 } else {
3812 S += '?';
3813 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003814 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003815 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003816 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3817 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003818 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003819 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003820 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003821 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003822 S += '"';
3823 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003824
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003825 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003826 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003827 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003828 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003829 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003830 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3831 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003832 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003833 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003834 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003835 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003836 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003837 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003838 return;
3839 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003840
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003841 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003842 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003843 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003844 else
3845 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003846 return;
3847 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003849 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003850 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003851 return;
3852 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003853
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003854 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3855 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3856 T = OT->getBaseType();
3857
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003858 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003859 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003860 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003861 S += '{';
3862 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3863 S += II->getName();
3864 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003865 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003866 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003867 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003868 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003869 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003870 RecFields[i]);
3871 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003872 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003873 FD);
3874 }
3875 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003876 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003877 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003878
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003879 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003880 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3881 S += '@';
3882 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003883 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003884
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003885 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3886 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3887 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3888 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003889 S += '#';
3890 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003891 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003892
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003893 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003894 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3896 ExpandStructures, FD);
3897 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3898 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3899 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003900 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003901 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3902 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003903 S += '<';
3904 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3905 S += '>';
3906 }
3907 S += '"';
3908 }
3909 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003910 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003911
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003912 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3913 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3914 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3915 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003916 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003917 // {...};
3918 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003919 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3920 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003921 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003922 return;
3923 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003924
3925 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003926 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003927 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003928 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003929 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3930 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003931 S += '<';
3932 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3933 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003934 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003935 S += '"';
3936 }
3937 return;
3938 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003939
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00003940 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
3941 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
3942 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3943 return;
3944
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003945 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003946}
3947
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003948void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003949 std::string& S) const {
3950 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3951 S += 'n';
3952 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3953 S += 'N';
3954 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3955 S += 'o';
3956 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3957 S += 'O';
3958 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3959 S += 'R';
3960 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3961 S += 'V';
3962}
3963
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003964void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003965 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003967 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3968}
3969
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003970void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003971 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003972}
3973
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003974void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003975 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003976}
3977
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003978void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003979 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003980}
3981
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003982void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003983 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003984}
3985
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003986void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003988 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003989
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003990 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003991}
3992
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003993/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3994/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003995TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3996 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003997 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3998 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3999
4000 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4001 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4002 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4003
4004 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004005 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004006 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4007 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4008 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4009 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4010 *Storage++ = D;
4011 }
4012
4013 return TemplateName(OT);
4014}
4015
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004016/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4017/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004018TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004019 bool TemplateKeyword,
4020 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004021 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004022 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4023 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4024
4025 void *InsertPos = 0;
4026 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4027 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4028 if (!QTN) {
4029 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4030 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4031 }
4032
4033 return TemplateName(QTN);
4034}
4035
4036/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4037/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004038TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004039 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004040 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004041 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004042
4043 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4044 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4045
4046 void *InsertPos = 0;
4047 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4048 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4049
4050 if (QTN)
4051 return TemplateName(QTN);
4052
4053 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4054 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4055 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4056 } else {
4057 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4058 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004059 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4060 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4061 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4062 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004063 }
4064
4065 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4066 return TemplateName(QTN);
4067}
4068
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004069/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4070/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4071TemplateName
4072ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4073 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4074 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4075 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4076
4077 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4078 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4079
4080 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004081 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4082 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004083
4084 if (QTN)
4085 return TemplateName(QTN);
4086
4087 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4088 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4089 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4090 } else {
4091 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4092 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004093
4094 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4095 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4096 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4097 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004098 }
4099
4100 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4101 return TemplateName(QTN);
4102}
4103
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004104/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004105/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4106/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004107CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004108 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004109 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004110 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4111 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4112 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4113 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4114 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4115 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4116 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4117 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4118 }
4119
4120 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004121 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004122}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004123
4124//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4125// Type Predicates.
4126//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4127
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004128/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4129/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4130/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004131/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004132///
4133bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4134 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4135 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004136 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004137 return true;
4138 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004140}
4141
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004142/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4143/// garbage collection attribute.
4144///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004145Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4146 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004147 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4148 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004149 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004150 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004151 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004152 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004153 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004154 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004155 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004156 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004157 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004158 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004159 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4160 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004161 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004162 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004163 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004164 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004165}
4166
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004167//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4168// Type Compatibility Testing
4169//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004170
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004171/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004172/// compatible.
4173static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4174 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004175 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004176 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004177 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004178}
4179
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004180bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4181 QualType SecondVec) {
4182 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4183 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4184
4185 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4186 return true;
4187
4188 // AltiVec vectors types are identical to equivalent GCC vector types
4189 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4190 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4191 if ((((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec) &&
4192 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec)) ||
4193 ((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec) &&
4194 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec))) &&
4195 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
4196 (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements()))
4197 return true;
4198
4199 return false;
4200}
4201
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004202//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4203// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4204//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4205
4206/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4207/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004208bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4209 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004210 if (lProto == rProto)
4211 return true;
4212 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4213 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4214 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4215 return true;
4216 return false;
4217}
4218
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004219/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4220/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4221/// otherwise.
4222bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4223 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4224 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4225 return false;
4226}
4227
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004228/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4229/// Class<p1, ...>.
4230bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4231 QualType rhs) {
4232 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4233 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4234 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4235
4236 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4237 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4238 bool match = false;
4239 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4240 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4241 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4242 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4243 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4244 match = true;
4245 break;
4246 }
4247 }
4248 if (!match)
4249 return false;
4250 }
4251 return true;
4252}
4253
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004254/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4255/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4256bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4257 bool compare) {
4258 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004260 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4261 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004263 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4264 return true;
4265
4266 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004267 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004268
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004269 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004271 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004273 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4274 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4275 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4276 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4277 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4278 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4279 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004280 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004281 return false;
4282 }
4283 }
4284 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4285 return true;
4286 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004287 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004288 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4289 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4290 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4291 bool match = false;
4292
4293 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4294 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4295 // through its super class and categories.
4296 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4297 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4298 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4299 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4300 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4301 match = true;
4302 break;
4303 }
4304 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004305 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004306 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4307 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4308 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4309 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4310 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4311 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4312 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004313 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004314 match = true;
4315 break;
4316 }
4317 }
4318 }
4319 if (!match)
4320 return false;
4321 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004322
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004323 return true;
4324 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004325
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004326 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4327 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4328
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004329 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004330 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4331 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4332 bool match = false;
4333 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4334 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4335 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1909bb2010-08-09 18:21:43 +00004336 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
4337 // static class must implement all of id's protocols directly or
4338 // indirectly through its super class.
Fariborz Jahanian192b1462010-08-12 20:46:12 +00004339 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004340 match = true;
4341 break;
4342 }
4343 }
4344 if (!match)
4345 return false;
4346 }
4347 return true;
4348 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004349 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004350 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4351 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4352 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4353 bool match = false;
4354
4355 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4356 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4357 // through its super class and categories.
4358 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4359 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4360 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4361 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4362 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4363 match = true;
4364 break;
4365 }
4366 }
4367 if (!match)
4368 return false;
4369 }
4370 return true;
4371 }
4372 return false;
4373}
4374
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004375/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004376/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4377/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4378///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004379bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4380 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004381 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4382 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4383
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004384 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004385 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4386 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004387 return true;
4388
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004389 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004390 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4391 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004392 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004393
4394 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4395 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4396 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4397
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004398 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4399 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004400 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004401
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004402 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004403}
4404
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004405/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4406/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4407/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4408/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4409/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4410bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4412 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004413 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004414 return true;
4415
4416 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4417 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4418 }
4419
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004420 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004421 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4422 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4423 false);
4424
4425 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4426 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4427 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4428 if (LHS != RHS) {
4429 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4430 return false;
4431 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4432 return true;
4433 }
4434 else
4435 return true;
4436 }
4437 return false;
4438}
4439
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004440/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4441/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4442/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4443/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4444static
4445void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4446 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4447 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4448 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4449
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004450 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4451 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4452 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4453 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004454
4455 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4456 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4457 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4458 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4459 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004460 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004461 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4462 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004463 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4464 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4465 }
4466
4467 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4468 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004469 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4470 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004471 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4472 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4473 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4474 }
4475 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004476 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004477 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4478 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004479 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4480 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4481 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4482 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4483 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004484 }
4485}
4486
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004487/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4488/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4489/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4490/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4491QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4494 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4495 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4496 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4497 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4498 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004499 return QualType();
4500
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004501 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4502 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004503 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004504 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4505 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4506
4507 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4508 if (!Protocols.empty())
4509 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4510 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4511 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004512 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004513 }
4514
4515 return QualType();
4516}
4517
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004518bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4519 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4520 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4521 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4522
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004523 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4524 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004525 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004526 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004527
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004528 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4529 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004530 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004531 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004532
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004533 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4534 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004535 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004536 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004537
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004538 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4539 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004540 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4541 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4542
4543 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4544 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004545 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4546 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004547 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4548 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004549 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004550 break;
4551 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004552 }
4553 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4554 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4555 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004556 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004557 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4558 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004559}
4560
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004561bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4562 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004563 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4564 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004565
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004566 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004567 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004568
4569 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4570 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004571}
4572
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004573bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4574 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4575 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4576 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4577}
4578
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004579/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004580/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004581/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004582/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004583bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4584 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004585 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4586 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4587
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004588 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004589}
4590
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004591bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4592 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4593}
4594
4595QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004596 bool OfBlockPointer,
4597 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004598 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4599 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004600 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4601 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004602 bool allLTypes = true;
4603 bool allRTypes = true;
4604
4605 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004606 QualType retType;
4607 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004608 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4609 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004610 else
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004611 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4612 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004613 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004614
4615 if (Unqualified)
4616 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4617
4618 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4619 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4620 if (Unqualified) {
4621 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4622 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4623 }
4624
4625 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004626 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004627 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004628 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004629 // FIXME: double check this
4630 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4631 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4632 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004633 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4634 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004635 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4636 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4637 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4638 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4639 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4640 allLTypes = false;
4641 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4642 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4643 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004644 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4645 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004646 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004647 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004648 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004649
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004650 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004651 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4652 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004653 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4654 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4655
4656 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4657 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4658 return QualType();
4659
4660 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4661 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4662 return QualType();
4663
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004664 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4665 return QualType();
4666
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004667 // Check argument compatibility
4668 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4669 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4670 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4671 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004672 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer,
4673 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004674 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004675
4676 if (Unqualified)
4677 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4678
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004679 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004680 if (Unqualified) {
4681 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4682 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4683 }
4684
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004685 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4686 allLTypes = false;
4687 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4688 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004689 }
4690 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4691 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4692 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004693 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004694 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004695 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004696 }
4697
4698 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4699 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4700
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004701 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004702 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004703 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004704 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4705 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4706 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4707 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4708 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4709 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4710 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4711 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4712 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004713
4714 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4715 // to pass enum values.
4716 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4717 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4718
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004719 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4720 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4721 return QualType();
4722 }
4723
4724 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4725 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4726 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004727 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004728 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4729 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004730 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004731 }
4732
4733 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4734 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004735 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004736 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004737}
4738
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004739QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004740 bool OfBlockPointer,
4741 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004742 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4743 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4744 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004745 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4746 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004747 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4748 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004749
4750 if (Unqualified) {
4751 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4752 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4753 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004754
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004755 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4756 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4757
4758 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4759 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4760 return LHS;
4761
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004762 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004763 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4764 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004765 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4766 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4767 // mismatch.
4768 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4769 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4770 return QualType();
4771
4772 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4773 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4774 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4775 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4776 // qualified __strong.
4777 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4778 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4779 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4780
4781 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4782 return QualType();
4783
4784 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4785 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4786 }
4787 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4788 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4789 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004790 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004791 }
4792
4793 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004794
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004795 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4796 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004797
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004798 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4799 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4800 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4801 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004802
4803 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004804 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4805 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4806 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4807 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004808
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004809 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4810 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4811 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4812
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004813 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4814 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4815 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004816
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004817 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004818 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004819 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004820 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004821 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4822 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004823 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004824 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4825 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004826 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004827 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004828 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4829 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004830 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004831
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004832 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004833 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004834
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004835 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004836 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004837#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4838#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004839#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004840#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4841#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4842#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4843 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4844 return QualType();
4845
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004846 case Type::LValueReference:
4847 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004848 case Type::MemberPointer:
4849 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4850 return QualType();
4851
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004852 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004853 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4854 case Type::VariableArray:
4855 case Type::FunctionProto:
4856 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004857 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4858 return QualType();
4859
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004860 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004861 {
4862 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004863 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4864 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004865 if (Unqualified) {
4866 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4867 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4868 }
4869 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
4870 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004871 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004872 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004873 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004874 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004875 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004876 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4877 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004878 case Type::BlockPointer:
4879 {
4880 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004881 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4882 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004883 if (Unqualified) {
4884 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4885 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4886 }
4887 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
4888 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004889 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4890 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4891 return LHS;
4892 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4893 return RHS;
4894 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4895 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004896 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004897 {
4898 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4899 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4900 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4901 return QualType();
4902
4903 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4904 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004905 if (Unqualified) {
4906 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4907 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4908 }
4909
4910 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004911 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004912 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4913 return LHS;
4914 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4915 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004916 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4917 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4918 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4919 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004920 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4921 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004922 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4923 return LHS;
4924 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4925 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004926 if (LVAT) {
4927 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4928 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4929 // has to be different.
4930 return LHS;
4931 }
4932 if (RVAT) {
4933 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4934 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4935 // has to be different.
4936 return RHS;
4937 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004938 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4939 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004940 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4941 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004942 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004943 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004944 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004945 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004946 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004947 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004948 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004949 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004950 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004951 case Type::Complex:
4952 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4953 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004954 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004955 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00004956 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
4957 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004958 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004959 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004960 case Type::ObjCObject: {
4961 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004962 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4963 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004964 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4965 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
4966 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004967 return LHS;
4968
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004969 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004970 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004971 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004972 if (OfBlockPointer) {
4973 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4974 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4975 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
4976 return LHS;
4977 return QualType();
4978 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004979 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4980 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004981 return LHS;
4982
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004983 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004984 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004985 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004986
4987 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004988}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004989
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00004990/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
4991/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
4992/// return types.
4993QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4994 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4995 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4996 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4997 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4998 return LHS;
4999 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5000 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5001 return QualType();
5002 QualType OldReturnType =
5003 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5004 QualType NewReturnType =
5005 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5006 QualType ResReturnType =
5007 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5008 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5009 return QualType();
5010 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5011 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5012 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5013 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5014 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5015 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5016 QualType ResultType
5017 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5018 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5019 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5020 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5021 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5022 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5023 FPT->exception_begin(),
5024 Info);
5025 return ResultType;
5026 }
5027 }
5028 return QualType();
5029 }
5030
5031 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5032 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5033 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5034 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5035 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5036 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5037 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5038 return QualType();
5039
5040 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5041 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5042 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5043 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5044 // qualified __strong.
5045 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5046 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5047 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5048
5049 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5050 return QualType();
5051
5052 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5053 return LHS;
5054 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5055 return RHS;
5056 return QualType();
5057 }
5058
5059 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5060 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5061 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5062 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5063 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5064 return LHS;
5065 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5066 return RHS;
5067 }
5068 return QualType();
5069}
5070
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005071//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005072// Integer Predicates
5073//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005074
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005075unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00005076 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005077 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005078 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005079 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005080 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005081 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5082}
5083
5084QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005085 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005086
5087 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5088 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5089 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005090 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getAltiVecSpecific());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005091
5092 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5093 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005094 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005095
5096 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5097 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005098 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5099 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5100 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5101 return UnsignedCharTy;
5102 case BuiltinType::Short:
5103 return UnsignedShortTy;
5104 case BuiltinType::Int:
5105 return UnsignedIntTy;
5106 case BuiltinType::Long:
5107 return UnsignedLongTy;
5108 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5109 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005110 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5111 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005112 default:
5113 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5114 return QualType();
5115 }
5116}
5117
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005118ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5119
5120void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005121
5122
5123//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5124// Builtin Type Computation
5125//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5126
5127/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
5128/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005129static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005130 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5131 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
5132 // Modifiers.
5133 int HowLong = 0;
5134 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005135
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005136 // Read the modifiers first.
5137 bool Done = false;
5138 while (!Done) {
5139 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005140 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005141 case 'S':
5142 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5143 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5144 Signed = true;
5145 break;
5146 case 'U':
5147 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5148 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5149 Unsigned = true;
5150 break;
5151 case 'L':
5152 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5153 ++HowLong;
5154 break;
5155 }
5156 }
5157
5158 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005159
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005160 // Read the base type.
5161 switch (*Str++) {
5162 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5163 case 'v':
5164 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5165 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5166 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5167 break;
5168 case 'f':
5169 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5170 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5171 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5172 break;
5173 case 'd':
5174 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5175 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5176 if (HowLong)
5177 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5178 else
5179 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5180 break;
5181 case 's':
5182 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5183 if (Unsigned)
5184 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5185 else
5186 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5187 break;
5188 case 'i':
5189 if (HowLong == 3)
5190 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5191 else if (HowLong == 2)
5192 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5193 else if (HowLong == 1)
5194 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5195 else
5196 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5197 break;
5198 case 'c':
5199 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5200 if (Signed)
5201 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5202 else if (Unsigned)
5203 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5204 else
5205 Type = Context.CharTy;
5206 break;
5207 case 'b': // boolean
5208 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5209 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5210 break;
5211 case 'z': // size_t.
5212 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5213 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5214 break;
5215 case 'F':
5216 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5217 break;
5218 case 'a':
5219 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5220 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5221 break;
5222 case 'A':
5223 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5224 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5225 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5226 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5227 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5228 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5229 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5230 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5231 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5232 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5233 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
5234 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
5235 } else {
5236 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5237 }
5238 break;
5239 case 'V': {
5240 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005241 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5242 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005243
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005244 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005245
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005246 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00005247 // FIXME: Don't know what to do about AltiVec.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005248 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
5249 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005250 break;
5251 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005252 case 'X': {
5253 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
5254 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5255 break;
5256 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005257 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005258 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5259 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005260 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005261 return QualType();
5262 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005263 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005264 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005265 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005266 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005267 else
5268 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5269
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005270 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005271 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005272 return QualType();
5273 }
5274 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005275 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005276
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005277 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
5278 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005279
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005280 Done = false;
5281 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005282 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005283 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5284 case '*':
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005285 case '&':
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005286 {
5287 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5288 // qualified with an address space.
5289 char *End;
5290 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5291 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5292 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5293 Str = End;
5294 }
5295 }
5296 if (c == '*')
5297 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5298 else
5299 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005300 break;
5301 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5302 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005303 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005304 break;
Fariborz Jahanian013af392010-01-26 22:48:42 +00005305 case 'D':
5306 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5307 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005308 }
5309 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005310
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005311 return Type;
5312}
5313
5314/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
5315QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
5316 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
5317 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005318
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005319 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005320
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005321 Error = GE_None;
5322 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
5323 if (Error != GE_None)
5324 return QualType();
5325 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
5326 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
5327 if (Error != GE_None)
5328 return QualType();
5329
5330 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5331 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5332 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005333
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005334 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5335 }
5336
5337 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5338 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5339
5340 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5341 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5342 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005343
5344 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005345 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005346 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005347 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005348}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005349
5350QualType
5351ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5352 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
5353 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
5354 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
5355 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
5356 // equivalent.
5357 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5358 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
5359 else
5360 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5361 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5362 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
5363 else
5364 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5365
5366 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5367 if (lhs == rhs)
5368 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005369
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005370 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
5371 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
5372 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
5373 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005374
5375 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
5376
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005377 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
5378 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
5379 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005380 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005381 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5382 return lhs;
5383 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005384 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005385 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5386 return rhs;
5387 }
5388 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005389 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
5390 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
5391 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
5392 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005393 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005394 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005395 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005396 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005397 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
5398 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005399
5400 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005401 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005402 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005403 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005404 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005405 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
5406 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
5407 // does not require this promotion.
5408 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
5409 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
5410 return rhs;
5411 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
5412 return lhs;
5413 }
5414 }
5415 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5416 }
5417 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5418 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5419 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5420 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5421 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5422 return lhs;
5423 }
5424 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5425 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5426 return getComplexType(lhs);
5427 }
5428 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5429 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5430 return rhs;
5431 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005432 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005433 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5434 return getComplexType(rhs);
5435 }
5436 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5437 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5438 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5439 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5440 return lhs;
5441 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5442 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5443 }
5444 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5445 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5446 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5447 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5448
5449 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005450 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005451 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5452 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5453 return rhs;
5454 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5455 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5456 return lhs;
5457 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5458 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5459 return rhs;
5460 }
5461 }
5462 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5463 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5464 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005465 bool lhsSigned = lhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
5466 rhsSigned = rhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005467 QualType destType;
5468 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5469 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5470 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5471 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5472 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5473 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5474 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5475 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5476 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5477 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5478 // use the signed type.
5479 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5480 } else {
5481 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5482 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5483 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5484 // to the signed type.
5485 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5486 }
5487 return destType;
5488}
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005489
5490GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5491 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5492
5493 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5494 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5495 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5496 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5497
5498 switch (L) {
5499 case NoLinkage:
5500 case InternalLinkage:
5501 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5502 return GVA_Internal;
5503
5504 case ExternalLinkage:
5505 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5506 case TSK_Undeclared:
5507 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5508 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5509 break;
5510
5511 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5512 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5513
5514 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5515 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5516 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5517 break;
5518 }
5519 }
5520
5521 if (!FD->isInlined())
5522 return External;
5523
5524 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5525 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5526 // externally visible.
5527 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5528 return External;
5529
5530 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5531 return GVA_C99Inline;
5532 }
5533
5534 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5535 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5536 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5537 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5538 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5539 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5540 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5541 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5542 return GVA_C99Inline;
5543
5544 return GVA_CXXInline;
5545}
5546
5547GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5548 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5549 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5550 // template.
5551 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5552 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5553 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5554
5555 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5556 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5557 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5558 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5559
5560 switch (L) {
5561 case NoLinkage:
5562 case InternalLinkage:
5563 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5564 return GVA_Internal;
5565
5566 case ExternalLinkage:
5567 switch (TSK) {
5568 case TSK_Undeclared:
5569 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5570 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5571
5572 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5573 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5574 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5575
5576 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5577 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5578
5579 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5580 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5581 }
5582 }
5583
5584 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5585}
5586
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005587bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005588 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5589 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5590 return false;
5591 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5592 return false;
5593
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005594 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5595 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5596 return false;
5597
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005598 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5599 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5600 return true;
5601
5602 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5603 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5604 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5605 return false;
5606
5607 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5608 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5609 return true;
5610
5611 // The key function for a class is required.
5612 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5613 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5614 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5615 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5616 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5617 return true;
5618 }
5619 }
5620
5621 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5622
5623 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5624 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5625 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5626 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5627 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5628 return false;
5629 return true;
5630 }
5631
5632 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5633 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5634
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005635 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5636 return false;
5637
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005638 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5639
5640 // FIXME: Handle references.
5641 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5642 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
5643 if (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
5644 return true;
5645 }
5646 }
5647
5648 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5649 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5650 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5651 return false;
5652 }
5653
5654 return true;
5655}